1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result
*,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
121 struct linespec_result
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
235 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
237 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
240 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
241 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
242 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
244 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
246 static void update_global_location_list (int);
248 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
250 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
252 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
254 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
256 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
258 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
264 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
266 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
268 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
270 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
272 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
275 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
277 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
281 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
282 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
283 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
289 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
292 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
299 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
303 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
321 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
348 /* The reference count. */
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line
*commands
;
355 struct command_line
*
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
358 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
384 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
387 fprintf_filtered (file
,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
400 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
403 fprintf_filtered (file
,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
416 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
419 fprintf_filtered (file
,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
434 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
436 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
437 fprintf_filtered (file
,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto
,
462 condition_evaluation_host
,
463 condition_evaluation_target
,
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
482 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target
;
487 return condition_evaluation_host
;
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598 static int breakpoint_count
;
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608 static int tracepoint_count
;
610 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
612 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
618 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
626 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
627 breakpoint_count
= num
;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 struct breakpoint
*b
;
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667 static struct counted_command_line
*
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
670 struct counted_command_line
*result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
674 result
->commands
= commands
;
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
696 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
716 static struct cleanup
*
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
727 get_breakpoint (int num
)
729 struct breakpoint
*b
;
732 if (b
->number
== num
)
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
746 struct bp_location
*loc
;
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
759 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
760 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
781 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
789 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
791 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
803 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
812 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
820 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
834 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
838 update_global_location_list (1);
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
852 fprintf_filtered (file
,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
869 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
870 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
872 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
875 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
883 static struct bp_location
**
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
887 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
892 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
916 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
917 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
919 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
921 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
928 struct bp_location
*loc
;
930 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
948 const char *arg
= exp
;
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
953 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
955 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
957 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
959 innermost_block
= NULL
;
961 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
970 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
975 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
990 const char *text
, const char *word
)
994 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
995 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
999 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1000 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len
= strlen (text
);
1017 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1019 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1034 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1044 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1049 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1052 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1053 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1054 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1056 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1057 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1058 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1059 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1061 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1062 update_global_location_list (1);
1067 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1070 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1071 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1072 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1075 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1077 struct command_line
*c
;
1079 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1083 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1084 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1085 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1087 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1090 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1091 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1092 command directly. */
1093 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1094 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1097 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1104 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1106 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1107 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1108 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1112 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1114 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1117 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1118 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1122 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1123 struct command_line
*commands
)
1125 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1127 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1128 struct command_line
*c
;
1129 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1131 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1132 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1136 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1137 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1138 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1139 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1140 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1141 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1142 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1143 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1144 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1145 tracepoint's context. */
1146 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1148 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1150 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1164 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1168 struct command_line
*c2
;
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1171 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1172 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1174 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1191 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1193 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1196 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1198 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1199 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1211 struct command_line
*commands
)
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1216 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1217 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1220 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1221 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1225 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1227 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1230 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1234 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1235 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1240 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1243 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1244 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1247 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1248 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1253 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1256 if (old_task
!= task
)
1257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1261 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1263 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1265 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1268 /* A structure used to pass information through
1269 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271 struct commands_info
1273 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1280 already-parsed command. */
1281 struct command_line
*control
;
1283 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1288 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1289 commands_command. */
1292 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1294 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1296 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1298 struct command_line
*l
;
1300 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1301 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1304 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1307 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1308 "%s, one per line."),
1311 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1313 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1316 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1319 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1322 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1325 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1329 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1330 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1331 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1332 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1339 struct command_line
*control
)
1341 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1342 struct commands_info info
;
1344 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1345 info
.control
= control
;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1351 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1353 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1354 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1356 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1357 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1372 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1378 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1385 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1387 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1398 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1399 return simple_control
;
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1407 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1411 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1437 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1449 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1450 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1452 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1454 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1455 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1496 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1517 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1523 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1525 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1540 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1544 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1550 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1555 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1556 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1561 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1565 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1566 const unsigned char *bp
;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1568 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1572 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1592 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1602 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1614 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1629 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1641 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1643 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1645 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1646 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1647 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1648 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1651 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1709 int within_current_scope
;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1719 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1726 within_current_scope
= 1;
1729 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1747 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1748 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1749 if (within_current_scope
)
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1767 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1768 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b
->val
);
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1782 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1784 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1788 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1789 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1804 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1807 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1808 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1818 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1824 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1835 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1837 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1848 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1850 addr
= value_address (v
);
1852 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1854 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1857 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1858 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1861 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1863 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1864 loc
->address
= addr
;
1865 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1879 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1881 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1885 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1900 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1901 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1902 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1918 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1920 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1922 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1938 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1941 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1942 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1943 "read/access watchpoint."));
1945 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1947 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1948 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1949 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1950 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1953 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1955 next
= value_next (v
);
1960 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1961 above left it without any location set up. But,
1962 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1963 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1964 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1966 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1967 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1968 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1969 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1970 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1971 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1974 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1976 printf_filtered (_("\
1977 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1978 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1983 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1989 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1990 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1991 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1992 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1993 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1997 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2000 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2003 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2006 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2009 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2010 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2011 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2012 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2013 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2014 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2015 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2016 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2017 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2023 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2024 that the location is not duplicated. */
2027 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2030 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2033 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2034 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2038 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2039 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2040 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2041 any error during parsing. */
2043 static struct agent_expr
*
2044 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2046 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2047 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2052 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2053 that may show up. */
2054 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2056 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2061 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2062 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2063 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2067 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2071 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2072 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2073 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2074 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2075 one of them is true. */
2078 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2080 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2081 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2082 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2083 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2085 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2086 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2087 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2089 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2090 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2093 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2094 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2095 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2096 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2097 response back to GDB. */
2098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2101 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2105 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2107 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2108 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2109 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2110 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2111 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2112 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2114 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2115 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2121 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2122 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2123 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2125 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2131 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2132 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2133 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2135 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2136 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2137 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2139 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2142 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2144 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2146 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2149 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2150 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2155 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2156 for this location's address. */
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2161 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2162 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2163 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2165 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2166 conditions to the target. */
2167 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2168 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2174 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2175 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2176 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2178 static struct agent_expr
*
2179 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2181 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2182 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2183 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2184 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2185 const char *cmdrest
;
2186 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2187 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2189 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2196 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2198 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2200 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2201 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2203 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2205 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2207 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2209 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2211 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2212 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2214 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2216 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2217 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2219 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2221 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2223 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2225 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2226 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2229 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2234 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2235 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2237 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2241 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2242 that may show up. */
2243 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2245 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2246 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2247 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2250 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2254 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2255 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2256 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2260 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2264 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2265 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2266 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2269 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2271 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2272 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2273 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2274 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2276 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2277 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2278 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2281 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2284 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2285 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2286 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2287 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2288 response back to GDB. */
2289 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2292 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2296 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2298 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2299 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2300 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2301 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2302 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2303 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2304 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2310 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2311 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2312 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2314 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2320 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2322 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2324 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2327 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2328 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2330 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2332 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2335 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2336 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2341 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2342 for this location's address. */
2343 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2346 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2347 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2348 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2349 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2351 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2352 to send the commands to the target. */
2353 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2357 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2358 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2359 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2360 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2363 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2364 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2365 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2366 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2369 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2370 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2372 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2373 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2374 int *disabled_breaks
,
2375 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2376 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2379 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2380 struct gdb_exception e
;
2382 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2385 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2386 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2387 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2388 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2389 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2390 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2391 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2392 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2394 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2395 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2396 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2398 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2399 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2400 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2401 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2403 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2405 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2406 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2407 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2408 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2411 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2412 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2414 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2416 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2417 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2418 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2420 Two important cases are:
2421 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2422 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2423 hardware breakpoint.
2424 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2425 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2426 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2429 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2430 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2431 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2432 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2434 struct mem_region
*mr
2435 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2439 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2441 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2443 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2444 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2446 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2448 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2450 static int said
= 0;
2452 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2455 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2456 _("Note: automatically using "
2457 "hardware breakpoints for "
2458 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2463 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2464 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2465 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2466 "at readonly address %s"),
2467 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2471 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2472 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2473 || bl
->section
== NULL
2474 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2476 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2477 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2479 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2484 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2489 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2490 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2491 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2493 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2494 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2495 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2496 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2497 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2501 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2503 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2504 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2505 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2506 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2507 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2509 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2510 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2511 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2515 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2516 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2518 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2519 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2521 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2526 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2531 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2532 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2539 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2540 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2542 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2544 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2545 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2546 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2548 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2549 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2552 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2553 "library breakpoints:\n");
2555 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2557 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2561 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2563 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2564 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2565 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2566 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2567 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2568 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2574 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2576 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2577 "Error accessing memory address ");
2578 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2581 safe_strerror (val
));
2592 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2593 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2594 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2595 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2597 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2598 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2600 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2602 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2603 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2604 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2606 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2608 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2609 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2613 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2614 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2618 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2619 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2626 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2627 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2630 /* Back to the original value. */
2631 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2635 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2638 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2640 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2641 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2643 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2646 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2650 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2651 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2653 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2656 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2658 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2659 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2660 so just return success. */
2667 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2668 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2672 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2674 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2675 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2677 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2678 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2680 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2681 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2684 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2685 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2686 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2688 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2690 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2692 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2693 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2694 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2696 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2697 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2699 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2705 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2706 removed locations above. */
2707 update_global_location_list (0);
2710 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2711 Throws exception on any error.
2712 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2713 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2715 insert_breakpoints (void)
2717 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2720 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2722 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2724 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2727 update_global_location_list (1);
2729 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2730 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2732 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2733 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2736 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2739 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2741 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2745 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2749 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2750 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2751 always-inserted mode. */
2754 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2756 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2759 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2760 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2761 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2763 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2764 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2766 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2767 there was an error. */
2768 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2770 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2772 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2774 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2776 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2779 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2780 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2781 deletion of breakpoints. */
2782 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2785 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2787 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2788 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2789 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2790 insert breakpoints. */
2791 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2792 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2795 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2796 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2803 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2804 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2807 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2810 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2813 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2815 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2816 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2819 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2820 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2821 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2823 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2824 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2826 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2827 there was an error. */
2828 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2830 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2834 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2837 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2838 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2839 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2840 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2841 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2844 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2846 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2847 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2848 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2849 insert breakpoints. */
2850 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2851 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2854 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2855 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2860 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2861 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2864 int some_failed
= 0;
2865 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2867 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2870 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2873 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2876 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2877 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2884 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2886 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2888 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2889 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2890 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2898 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2899 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2900 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2902 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2903 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2904 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2906 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2907 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2910 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2913 /* Used when the program stops.
2914 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2915 removing a breakpoint location. */
2918 remove_breakpoints (void)
2920 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2923 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2925 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2926 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2931 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
2935 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
2937 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2941 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
2943 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
2945 printf_filtered (_("\
2946 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d is gone.\n"),
2947 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
2949 /* Hide it from the user. */
2955 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2958 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2960 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2962 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2964 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2966 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2969 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2974 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2983 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2985 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2986 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2988 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2989 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2990 struct inferior
*inf
;
2991 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2993 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2997 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2998 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3000 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3002 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3003 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3007 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3013 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3016 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3021 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3025 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3027 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3028 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3029 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3030 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3031 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3032 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3034 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3037 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3040 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3041 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3045 static struct breakpoint
*
3046 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3047 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3048 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3050 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3051 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3053 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3056 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3057 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3059 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3060 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3061 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3066 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3068 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3070 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3072 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3073 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3075 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3076 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3078 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3079 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3081 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3082 int longjmp_searched
;
3084 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3085 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3087 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3088 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3090 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3091 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3093 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3094 int exception_searched
;
3096 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3097 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3100 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3102 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3103 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3105 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3108 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3110 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3113 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3114 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3116 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3117 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3119 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3121 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3122 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3124 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3125 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3127 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3128 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3130 return bp_objfile_data
;
3134 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3136 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3138 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3139 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3143 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3145 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3146 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3148 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3150 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3151 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3154 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3156 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3159 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3161 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3163 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3166 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3167 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3170 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3173 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3174 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3176 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3177 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3179 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3181 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3182 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3186 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3187 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3190 update_global_location_list (1);
3194 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3196 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3197 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3199 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3201 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3203 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3205 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3207 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3210 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3211 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3213 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3214 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3217 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3219 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3223 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3226 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3227 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3229 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3231 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3232 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3233 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3237 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3238 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3241 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3244 struct probe
*probe
;
3245 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3248 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3249 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3253 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3255 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3257 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3258 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3259 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3265 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3267 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3268 const char *func_name
;
3271 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3274 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3275 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3277 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3279 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3282 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3283 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3286 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3289 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3290 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3291 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3292 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3293 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3297 update_global_location_list (1);
3299 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3302 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3304 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3306 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3307 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3308 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3310 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3312 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3314 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3317 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3319 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3321 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3322 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3324 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3326 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3329 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3331 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3333 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3334 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3335 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3337 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3338 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3341 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3344 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3345 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3346 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3347 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3348 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3349 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3353 update_global_location_list (1);
3355 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3358 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3361 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3363 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3364 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3366 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3368 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3369 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3370 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3373 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3375 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3376 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3380 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3384 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3385 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3387 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3389 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3390 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3391 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3395 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3396 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3399 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3401 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3403 struct probe
*probe
;
3406 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3407 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3411 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3413 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3414 bp_exception_master
,
3415 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3416 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3417 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3423 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3425 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3428 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3430 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3432 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3434 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3435 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3437 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3441 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3444 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3445 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3447 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3448 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3449 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3450 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3453 update_global_location_list (1);
3457 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3459 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3460 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3462 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3463 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3464 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3465 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3466 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3467 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3468 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3469 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3470 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3471 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3472 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3474 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3476 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3479 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3480 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3482 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3486 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3487 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3489 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3493 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3494 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3495 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3496 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3497 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3499 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3503 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3504 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3506 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3510 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3512 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3513 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3514 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3516 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3520 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3522 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3523 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3524 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3525 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3529 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3530 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3531 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3532 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3533 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3534 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3536 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3537 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3538 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3539 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3540 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3541 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3542 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3544 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3545 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3546 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3547 let finish_command delete it.
3549 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3550 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3551 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3552 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3553 solib breakpoints.) */
3555 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3560 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3561 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3563 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3565 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3569 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3570 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3571 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3572 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3573 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3577 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3579 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3581 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3582 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3584 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3585 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3587 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3588 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3591 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3594 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3595 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3596 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3597 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3598 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3599 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3600 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3604 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3607 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3608 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3610 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3614 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3615 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3616 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3617 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3618 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3621 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3625 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3626 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3628 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3629 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3632 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3633 This should not ever happen. */
3634 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3636 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3637 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3639 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3640 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3641 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3643 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3644 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3645 || bl
->section
== NULL
3646 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3648 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3649 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3653 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3654 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3655 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3657 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3658 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3660 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3661 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3662 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3663 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3664 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3666 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3667 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3669 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3670 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3673 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3674 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3675 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3676 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3678 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3679 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3680 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3681 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3682 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3683 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3689 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3694 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3695 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3696 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3697 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3702 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3704 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3706 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3707 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3709 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3710 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3712 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3713 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3714 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3717 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3718 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3721 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3722 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3724 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3728 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3735 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3738 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3740 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3741 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3743 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3744 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3747 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3748 This should not ever happen. */
3749 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3751 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3753 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3755 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3757 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3761 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3764 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3766 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3768 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3769 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3773 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3774 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3776 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3779 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3780 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3781 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3786 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3788 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3789 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3791 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3793 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3795 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3798 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3800 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3801 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3802 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3806 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3808 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3814 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3816 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3817 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3820 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3822 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3824 case bp_shlib_event
:
3826 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3827 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3828 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3829 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3830 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3832 (gdb) file prog-linux
3833 (gdb) run # native linux target
3836 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3837 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3840 case bp_step_resume
:
3842 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3844 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3848 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3849 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3850 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3852 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3854 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3855 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3856 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3857 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3859 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3860 insert_breakpoints. */
3862 value_free (w
->val
);
3873 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3874 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3875 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3876 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3879 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3880 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3881 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3882 match, not program space. */
3884 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3885 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3886 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3887 permanent breakpoint.
3888 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3889 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3890 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3891 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3892 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3894 enum breakpoint_here
3895 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3897 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3898 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3902 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3903 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3906 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3907 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3908 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3909 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3911 if (overlay_debugging
3912 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3913 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3914 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3915 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3916 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3918 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3922 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3925 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3928 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3930 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3933 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3934 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3940 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3941 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3942 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3943 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3946 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3949 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3951 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3953 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3954 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3958 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3960 if (overlay_debugging
3961 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3962 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3963 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3971 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3972 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3975 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3977 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3980 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3986 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3990 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3993 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3995 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3997 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4001 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4004 if (overlay_debugging
4005 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4006 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4013 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4014 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4021 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4022 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4024 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4026 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4028 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4030 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4031 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4034 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4037 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4038 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4042 /* Check for intersection. */
4043 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4044 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4052 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4053 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4056 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4059 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4060 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4064 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4066 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4067 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4070 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4071 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4072 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4075 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4078 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4080 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4081 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4082 it is now time to do so. */
4084 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4085 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4089 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4091 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4092 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4093 it is now time to do so. */
4095 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4096 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4100 if (overlay_debugging
4101 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4102 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4103 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4112 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4116 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4118 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4121 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4125 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4127 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4128 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4129 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4130 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4134 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4135 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4138 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4155 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4156 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4159 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4163 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4168 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4170 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4171 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4172 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4173 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4174 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4176 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4177 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4181 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4191 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4194 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4199 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4201 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4207 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4209 enum bpstat_signal_value
4210 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4212 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4214 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4216 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4217 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4218 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
;
4220 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4222 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4224 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4225 newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4227 newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4230 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4233 if (newval
> result
)
4240 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4241 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4242 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4243 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4245 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4246 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4248 Return 1 otherwise. */
4251 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4253 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4256 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4258 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4259 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4260 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4261 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4262 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4264 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4266 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4270 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4273 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4275 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4278 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4281 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4285 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4287 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4289 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4291 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4297 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4300 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4302 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4304 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4306 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4307 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4308 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4309 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4310 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4314 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4317 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4320 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4322 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4325 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4326 or its equivalent. */
4329 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4331 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4332 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4335 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4336 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4337 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4338 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4340 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4341 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4342 bpstat of the current thread. */
4345 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4348 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4351 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4353 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4356 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4357 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4359 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4361 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4364 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4365 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4367 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4368 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4369 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4371 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4373 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4374 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4375 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4376 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4377 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4378 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4379 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4380 the tree when we're done. */
4381 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4382 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4383 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4384 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4385 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4387 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4393 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4395 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4401 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4402 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4404 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4406 if (target_can_async_p ())
4407 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4408 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4409 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4412 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4413 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4414 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4415 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4416 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4417 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4418 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4419 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4420 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4421 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4422 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4423 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4424 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4429 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4434 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4436 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4438 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4439 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4440 && target_has_execution
4441 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4442 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4443 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4444 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4445 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4446 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4447 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4450 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4453 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4456 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4459 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4462 struct value_print_options opts
;
4463 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4464 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4468 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4469 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4470 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4471 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4474 static enum print_stop_action
4475 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4477 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4480 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4481 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4485 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4486 relevant messages. */
4487 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4490 case print_it_normal
:
4492 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4494 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4495 which has since been deleted. */
4497 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4499 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4500 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4505 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4506 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4511 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4514 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4517 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4519 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4523 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4524 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4525 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4527 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4528 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4529 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4532 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4533 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4534 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4538 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4542 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4543 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4546 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4551 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4552 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4553 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4556 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4561 struct so_list
*iter
;
4563 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4565 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4566 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4569 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4574 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4575 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4576 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4579 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4583 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4584 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4585 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4586 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4587 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4588 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4589 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4592 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4593 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4594 code to print the location. An example is
4595 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4597 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4598 to also print the location part of the message.
4599 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4600 don't require a location appended to the end.
4601 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4602 further info to be printed. */
4604 enum print_stop_action
4605 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4609 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4610 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4611 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4612 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4613 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4615 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4616 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4617 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4618 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4622 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4623 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4624 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4625 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4627 print_solib_event (0);
4628 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4631 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4632 with and nothing was printed. */
4633 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4636 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4637 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4638 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4639 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4642 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4644 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4645 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4647 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4651 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4654 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4658 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4660 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4661 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4662 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4663 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4664 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4665 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4666 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4668 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4672 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4673 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4676 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4678 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4680 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4682 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4684 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4685 as not triggered. */
4687 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4689 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4691 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4697 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4699 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4700 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4702 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4704 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4706 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4709 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4712 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4713 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4717 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4719 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4720 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4722 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4723 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4725 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4727 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4728 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4730 if (newaddr
== start
)
4732 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4736 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4737 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4741 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4750 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4751 because of check_errors). */
4752 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4753 #define WP_DELETED 1
4754 /* The value has changed. */
4755 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4756 /* The value has not changed. */
4757 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4758 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4761 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4762 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4764 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4767 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4768 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4771 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4773 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4774 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4775 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4776 int within_current_scope
;
4778 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4779 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4780 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4782 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4783 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4784 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4785 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4788 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4789 within_current_scope
= 1;
4792 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4793 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4794 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4796 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4797 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4798 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4799 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4800 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4801 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4802 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4803 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4804 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4805 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4808 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4809 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4811 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4812 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4813 if (within_current_scope
)
4815 struct symbol
*function
;
4817 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4818 if (function
== NULL
4819 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4820 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4821 within_current_scope
= 0;
4824 if (within_current_scope
)
4825 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4826 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4831 if (within_current_scope
)
4833 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4834 time before we return to the command level and call
4835 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4836 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4840 struct value
*new_val
;
4842 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4843 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4844 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4845 a mask watchpoint. */
4846 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4848 mark
= value_mark ();
4849 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4851 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4852 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4853 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4854 not what we want. */
4855 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4856 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4858 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4860 release_value (new_val
);
4861 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4863 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4866 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4870 /* Nothing changed. */
4871 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4872 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4877 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4879 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4880 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4881 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4882 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4883 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4884 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4885 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4886 the first value assigned). */
4887 /* We print all the stop information in
4888 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4889 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4890 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4892 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4894 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4895 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4896 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4898 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4899 which its expression is valid.\n");
4901 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4902 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4903 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4909 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4910 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4911 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4914 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4915 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4916 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4918 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4920 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4921 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4923 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4926 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4927 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4930 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4932 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4933 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4935 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4936 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4937 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4938 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4939 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4942 int must_check_value
= 0;
4944 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4945 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4947 must_check_value
= 1;
4948 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4949 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4950 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4952 must_check_value
= 1;
4953 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4954 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4955 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4956 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4957 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4958 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4959 must_check_value
= 1;
4961 if (must_check_value
)
4964 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4966 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4967 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4969 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4973 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4974 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4978 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4981 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4982 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4984 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4986 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4987 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4988 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4989 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4990 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4991 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4992 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4995 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4996 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4999 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5000 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5001 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5002 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5004 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5005 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5006 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5009 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5010 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5011 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5012 changes. This still gives false positives when
5013 the program writes the same value to memory as
5014 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5015 it for a read), but it's much better than
5018 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5020 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5022 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5024 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5025 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5026 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5028 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5029 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5031 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5032 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5034 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5040 if (other_write_watchpoint
5041 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5043 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5044 and the value changed since the last time we
5045 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5047 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5052 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5053 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5054 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5056 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5057 the value hasn't changed. */
5058 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5066 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5067 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5068 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5069 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5070 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5074 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5076 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5077 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5078 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5079 anything for this watchpoint. */
5080 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5087 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5088 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5089 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5092 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5094 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5095 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5096 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5098 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5099 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5100 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5101 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5102 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5104 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5105 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5106 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5108 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5109 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5113 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5114 struct expression
*cond
;
5116 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5117 method implemented. */
5118 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5119 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5121 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5123 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5130 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5132 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5133 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5135 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5136 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5137 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5138 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5140 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5142 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5143 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5147 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5148 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5149 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5150 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5151 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5153 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5154 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5157 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5159 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5160 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5161 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5162 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5163 really matter which instantiation of the function
5164 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5165 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5166 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5167 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5168 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5169 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5170 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5171 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5173 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5175 select_frame (frame
);
5177 within_current_scope
= 0;
5179 if (within_current_scope
)
5181 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5182 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5186 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5187 "in the current scope"));
5188 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5189 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5192 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5193 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5196 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5200 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5204 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5208 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5210 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5216 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5217 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5219 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5220 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5223 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5225 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5227 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5228 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5229 several reasons concurrently.)
5231 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5232 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5235 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5236 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5237 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5239 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5240 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5241 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5242 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5243 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5244 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5247 int need_remove_insert
;
5250 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5251 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5252 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5253 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5254 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5255 inferior function calls. */
5259 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5262 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5264 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5265 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5266 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5267 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5268 checked all locations already. */
5269 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5272 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5275 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5278 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5281 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5284 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5285 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5286 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5290 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5291 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5292 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5294 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5296 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5298 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5303 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5305 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5307 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5308 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5311 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5315 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5316 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5317 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5319 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5321 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5323 handle_solib_event ();
5328 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5329 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5330 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5334 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5339 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5340 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5343 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5348 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5350 /* We will stop here. */
5351 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5353 --(b
->enable_count
);
5354 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5355 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5356 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5361 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5362 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5363 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5364 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5367 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5372 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5374 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5375 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5378 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5379 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5380 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5382 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5383 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5384 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5386 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5387 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5389 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5391 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5392 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5395 if (need_remove_insert
)
5396 update_global_location_list (1);
5397 else if (removed_any
)
5398 update_global_location_list (0);
5404 handle_jit_event (void)
5406 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5407 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5409 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5410 breakpoint_re_set. */
5411 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5413 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5414 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5416 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5418 target_terminal_inferior ();
5421 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5423 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5426 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5428 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5432 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5433 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5434 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5436 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5438 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5439 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5440 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5443 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5445 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5446 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5450 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5457 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5460 case bp_shlib_event
:
5464 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5466 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5469 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5472 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5473 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5474 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5478 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5480 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5484 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5485 This requires no further action. */
5489 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5491 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5492 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5494 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5495 case bp_exception_resume
:
5496 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5497 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5499 case bp_step_resume
:
5501 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5504 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5505 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5508 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5510 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5513 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5514 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5517 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5518 case bp_thread_event
:
5519 case bp_overlay_event
:
5520 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5521 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5522 case bp_exception_master
:
5523 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5529 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5531 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5535 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5536 This requires no further action. */
5541 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5544 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5545 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5546 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5547 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5549 case bp_std_terminate
:
5550 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5551 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5552 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5553 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5556 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5557 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5558 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5559 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5561 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5562 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5564 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5565 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5566 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5568 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5569 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5570 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5571 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5576 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5578 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5582 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5583 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5586 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5589 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5590 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5595 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5597 handle_jit_event ();
5600 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5602 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5608 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5609 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5611 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5612 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5620 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5621 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5622 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5625 bpstat_should_step (void)
5627 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5630 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5636 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5638 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5647 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5648 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5649 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5652 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5654 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5655 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5659 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5661 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5663 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5664 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5665 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5670 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5676 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5677 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5679 "host": Host evals condition.
5680 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5681 "target": Target evals condition.
5685 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5687 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5688 char host_evals
= 0;
5689 char target_evals
= 0;
5694 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5697 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5698 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5699 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5701 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5703 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5709 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5710 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5711 else if (target_evals
)
5712 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5714 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5717 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5718 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5721 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5723 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5726 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5727 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5728 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5730 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5731 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5733 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5736 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5739 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5740 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5742 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5743 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5745 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5749 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5751 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5752 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5753 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5756 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5759 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5760 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5761 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5762 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5763 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5764 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5766 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5767 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5768 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5770 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5771 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5772 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5774 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5778 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5779 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5781 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5783 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5785 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5788 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5790 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5791 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5792 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5794 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5795 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5796 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5797 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5800 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5804 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5806 struct ep_type_description
5811 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5813 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5814 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5815 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5816 {bp_until
, "until"},
5817 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5818 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5819 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5820 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5821 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5822 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5823 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5824 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5825 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5826 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5827 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5828 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5829 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5830 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5831 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5832 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5833 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5834 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5835 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5836 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5837 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5838 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5839 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5840 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5841 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5842 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5843 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5844 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5845 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5848 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5849 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5850 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5851 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5854 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5857 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5858 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5861 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5862 const char *field_name
,
5866 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
5867 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5871 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5872 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5873 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5876 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
5878 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5884 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5885 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5890 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5892 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5894 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5898 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5901 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5904 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5905 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5907 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5910 struct command_line
*l
;
5911 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5913 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5914 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5915 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5916 struct value_print_options opts
;
5918 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5920 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5921 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5922 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5925 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5926 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5934 if (part_of_multiple
)
5937 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5938 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5943 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5948 if (part_of_multiple
)
5949 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5951 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5955 if (part_of_multiple
)
5956 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5958 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5963 if (part_of_multiple
)
5964 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5966 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5967 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5968 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5972 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5974 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5975 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5976 make sure there's just one location. */
5977 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5978 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5984 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5985 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5989 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5990 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5991 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5993 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5995 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5996 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5997 is relatively readable). */
5998 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5999 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6001 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6006 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6010 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6011 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6013 case bp_exception_resume
:
6014 case bp_step_resume
:
6015 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6016 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6018 case bp_std_terminate
:
6019 case bp_shlib_event
:
6020 case bp_thread_event
:
6021 case bp_overlay_event
:
6022 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6023 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6024 case bp_exception_master
:
6026 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6027 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6030 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6031 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6032 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6035 if (header_of_multiple
)
6036 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6037 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6038 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6040 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6041 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6044 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6045 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6052 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6054 struct inferior
*inf
;
6055 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6060 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6061 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6064 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6065 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6067 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6068 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6069 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6070 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6071 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6072 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6074 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6075 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6078 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6080 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6082 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6083 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6084 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6085 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6087 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6089 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6090 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6096 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6097 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6099 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6102 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6103 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6105 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6106 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6107 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6110 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6113 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6114 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6116 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6117 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6119 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6120 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6121 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6122 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6123 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6125 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6126 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6127 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6128 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6130 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6133 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6135 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6137 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6138 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6141 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6145 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6146 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6147 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6148 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6149 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6151 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6152 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6153 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6154 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6155 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6157 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6161 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6162 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6163 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6167 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6170 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6171 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6172 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6175 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6176 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6177 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6178 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6181 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6182 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6183 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6184 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6185 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6188 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6189 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6192 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6194 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6196 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6198 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6199 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6200 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6204 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6205 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6207 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6210 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6211 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6212 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6215 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6217 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6219 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6221 annotate_field (10);
6222 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6223 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6224 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6227 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6229 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6231 annotate_field (11);
6233 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6234 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6235 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6239 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6241 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6242 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6247 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6249 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6251 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6253 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6255 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6256 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6261 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6262 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6265 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6266 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6268 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6270 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6271 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6273 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6274 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6275 locations, if any. */
6276 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6278 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6279 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6280 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6283 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6284 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6286 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6287 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6289 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6292 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6294 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6295 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6296 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6297 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6304 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6306 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6307 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6309 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6313 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6314 an address to print. */
6315 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6318 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6319 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6320 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6323 return print_address_bits
;
6326 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6332 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6334 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6335 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6336 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6340 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6342 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6350 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6351 char **error_message
)
6353 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6356 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6358 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6359 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6365 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6366 internal or momentary. */
6369 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6371 return b
->number
> 0;
6374 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6375 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6376 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6377 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6378 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6379 breakpoints listed. */
6382 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6383 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6385 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6386 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6387 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6388 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6389 struct value_print_options opts
;
6390 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6391 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6392 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6394 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6396 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6397 required for address fields. */
6398 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6401 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6402 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6405 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6406 accept. Skip the others. */
6407 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6409 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6411 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6415 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6417 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6419 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6420 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6421 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6423 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6424 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6425 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6427 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6431 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6433 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6434 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6438 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6439 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6442 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6443 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6444 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6446 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6447 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6449 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6450 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6451 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6453 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6454 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6456 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6457 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6459 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6461 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6462 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6463 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6465 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6466 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6468 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6470 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6471 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6472 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6473 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6478 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6479 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6482 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6483 accept. Skip the others. */
6485 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6487 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6489 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6492 else /* all others */
6494 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6498 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6500 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6501 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6504 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6506 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6508 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6512 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6513 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6515 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6516 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6522 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6523 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6526 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6527 there have been breakpoints? */
6528 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6530 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6533 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6534 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6537 default_collect_info (void)
6539 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6541 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6542 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6544 if (!*default_collect
)
6547 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6549 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6550 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6551 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6555 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6557 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6559 default_collect_info ();
6563 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6565 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6566 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6568 if (num_printed
== 0)
6570 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6571 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6573 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6578 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6580 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6582 default_collect_info ();
6586 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6587 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6588 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6590 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6592 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6594 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6595 && bl
->address
== pc
6596 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6602 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6603 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6607 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6608 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6609 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6612 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6615 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6616 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6620 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6621 else /* if (others == ???) */
6622 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6624 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6627 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6628 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6629 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6630 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6631 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6632 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6633 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6634 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6636 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6640 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6642 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6643 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6644 printf_filtered (".\n");
6649 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6650 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6651 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6652 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6654 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6655 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6656 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6657 breakpoint at address zero:
6665 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6667 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6669 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6672 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6673 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6676 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6677 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6679 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6680 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6682 /* Both of them must exist. */
6683 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6684 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6686 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6687 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6688 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6689 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6690 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6691 other watchpoint. */
6693 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6695 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6698 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6700 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6704 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6705 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6706 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6707 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6708 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6709 become hw_access locations later. */
6710 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6711 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6712 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6713 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6716 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6717 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6718 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6719 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6722 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6723 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6725 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6726 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6730 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6731 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6732 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6733 space doesn't really matter. */
6736 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6737 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6740 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6741 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6742 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6745 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6746 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6747 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6748 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6751 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6752 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6755 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6758 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6759 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6763 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6764 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6765 true, otherwise returns false. */
6768 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6769 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6771 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6772 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6773 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6774 different locations. */
6775 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6780 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6781 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6782 represent the same location. */
6785 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6786 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6788 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6790 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6791 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6792 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6794 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6795 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6797 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6800 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6801 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6802 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6804 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6805 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6806 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6807 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6811 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6812 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6814 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6815 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6819 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6820 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6822 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6823 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6825 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6828 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6829 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6830 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6831 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6834 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6835 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6837 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6839 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6842 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6843 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6844 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6845 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6846 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6848 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6849 have their addresses modified. */
6854 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6856 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6857 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6858 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6860 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6861 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6863 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6864 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6866 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6871 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6872 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6874 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6876 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6881 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6882 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6885 switch (owner
->type
)
6891 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6892 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6894 case bp_exception_resume
:
6895 case bp_step_resume
:
6896 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6897 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6899 case bp_std_terminate
:
6900 case bp_shlib_event
:
6901 case bp_thread_event
:
6902 case bp_overlay_event
:
6904 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6905 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6906 case bp_exception_master
:
6907 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6908 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6910 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6911 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6913 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6914 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6915 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6917 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6918 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6919 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6920 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6925 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6926 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6927 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6930 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6936 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6938 static struct bp_location
*
6939 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6941 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6945 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6947 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6951 /* Increment reference count. */
6954 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6959 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6960 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6963 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6965 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6967 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6968 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6972 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6975 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6977 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6979 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6980 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6982 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6984 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6993 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6996 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6997 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6999 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7001 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7003 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7007 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7008 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7009 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7011 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7014 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7016 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7017 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7018 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7019 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7022 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7023 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7025 static struct breakpoint
*
7026 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7028 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7030 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7032 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7033 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7037 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7038 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7042 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7044 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7046 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7047 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7048 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7051 const char *function_name
;
7052 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7054 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7055 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7057 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7059 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7061 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7062 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7063 &loc
->requested_address
))
7065 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7066 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7067 loc
->requested_address
,
7070 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7071 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7073 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7074 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7075 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7076 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7078 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7083 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7087 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7089 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7092 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7094 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7099 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7100 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7101 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7103 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7104 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7105 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7108 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7109 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7110 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7112 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7114 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7116 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7117 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7119 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7120 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7122 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7123 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7126 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7127 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7128 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7129 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7130 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7131 is also returned as the value of this function.
7133 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7134 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7135 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7136 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7137 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7138 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7139 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7142 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7143 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7144 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7146 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7148 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7149 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7154 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7155 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7157 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7159 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7161 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7163 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7164 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7165 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7166 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7167 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7168 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7172 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7173 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7174 initiated the operation. */
7177 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7179 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7180 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7182 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7183 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7184 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7185 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7187 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7188 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7189 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7191 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7192 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7194 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7195 after their removal. */
7196 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7197 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7198 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7201 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7204 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7206 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7208 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7210 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7211 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7213 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7214 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7219 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7221 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7224 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7226 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7227 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7231 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7232 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7233 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7237 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7239 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7242 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7244 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7246 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7247 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7248 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7250 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7252 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7255 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7256 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7257 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7258 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7264 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7265 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7268 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7269 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7273 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7275 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7278 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7280 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7282 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7283 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7284 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7285 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7288 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7290 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7292 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7293 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7294 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7296 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7301 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7303 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7306 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7308 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7309 update_global_location_list (1);
7310 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7315 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7317 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7320 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7322 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7323 update_global_location_list (0);
7324 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7328 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7329 master breakpoint. */
7331 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7333 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7336 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7337 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7339 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7340 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7344 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7346 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7348 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7350 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7351 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7352 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7356 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7358 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7360 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7361 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7363 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7364 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7366 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7368 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7374 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7376 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7378 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7379 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7380 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7381 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7384 struct lang_and_radix
7390 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7393 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7395 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7397 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7398 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7399 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7403 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7406 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7408 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7411 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7412 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7413 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7417 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7419 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7422 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7423 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7424 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7428 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7430 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7432 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7433 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7434 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7438 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7439 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7442 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7444 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7446 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7448 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7449 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7451 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7452 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7453 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7454 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7455 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7456 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7457 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7458 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7459 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7460 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7461 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7462 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7465 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7470 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7471 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7475 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7477 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7478 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7480 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7481 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7482 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7483 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7484 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7485 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7490 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7491 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7493 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7494 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7495 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7496 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7497 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7498 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7499 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7500 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7501 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7503 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7504 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7505 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7506 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7509 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7510 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7512 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7514 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7515 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7516 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7519 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7524 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7526 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7527 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7528 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7529 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7530 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7532 struct fork_catchpoint
7534 /* The base class. */
7535 struct breakpoint base
;
7537 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7538 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7539 catchpoint has triggered. */
7540 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7543 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7547 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7549 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7552 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7556 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7558 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7561 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7565 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7566 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7567 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7569 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7571 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7574 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7578 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7581 static enum print_stop_action
7582 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7584 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7585 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7586 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7588 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7589 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7590 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7592 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7593 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7595 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7596 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7597 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7599 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7600 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7601 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7602 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7603 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7606 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7610 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7612 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7613 struct value_print_options opts
;
7614 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7616 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7618 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7619 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7621 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7622 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7624 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7625 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7627 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7628 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7629 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7630 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7633 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7634 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7637 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7641 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7643 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7646 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7650 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7653 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7656 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7658 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7660 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7664 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7666 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7669 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7673 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7675 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7678 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7682 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7683 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7684 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7686 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7688 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7691 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7695 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7698 static enum print_stop_action
7699 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7701 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7702 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7703 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7705 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7706 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7709 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7710 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7712 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7713 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7716 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7717 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7718 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7719 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7720 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7723 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7727 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7729 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7730 struct value_print_options opts
;
7731 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7733 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7734 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7735 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7737 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7738 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7740 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7741 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7743 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7744 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7745 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7746 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7749 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7750 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7753 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7757 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7759 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7762 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7766 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7768 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7769 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7772 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7774 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7776 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7777 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7778 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7779 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7780 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7782 struct solib_catchpoint
7784 /* The base class. */
7785 struct breakpoint base
;
7787 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7788 unsigned char is_load
;
7790 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7791 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7797 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7799 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7802 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7803 xfree (self
->regex
);
7805 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7809 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7815 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7821 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7822 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7824 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7826 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7827 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7829 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7834 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7836 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7839 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7842 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7845 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7847 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7856 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7858 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7859 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7864 struct so_list
*iter
;
7867 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7872 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7881 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7886 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7892 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7895 static enum print_stop_action
7896 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7898 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7899 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7901 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7902 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7903 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7905 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7906 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7907 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7908 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7909 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7910 print_solib_event (1);
7911 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7915 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7917 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7918 struct value_print_options opts
;
7919 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7922 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7923 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7924 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7926 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7929 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7936 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7938 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7943 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7945 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7947 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7950 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7951 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7952 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7956 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7958 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7960 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7961 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7965 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7967 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7969 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7970 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7971 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7973 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7974 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7977 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7979 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7980 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7981 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7982 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7983 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7984 created in an enabled state. */
7987 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7989 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7990 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7991 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7995 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7997 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7998 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8004 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8007 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8009 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8010 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8012 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8015 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8016 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8017 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8019 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8021 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8022 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8025 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8029 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8030 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8033 const int enabled
= 1;
8035 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8037 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8041 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8042 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8044 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8048 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8049 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8051 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8054 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8055 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8056 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8057 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8058 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8060 struct syscall_catchpoint
8062 /* The base class. */
8063 struct breakpoint base
;
8065 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8066 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8067 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8068 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8069 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8072 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8076 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8078 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8080 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8082 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8085 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8087 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8089 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8090 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8091 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8093 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8094 int any_syscall_count
;
8096 /* Count of each system call. */
8097 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8099 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8100 if any catching is necessary. */
8101 int total_syscalls_count
;
8104 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8105 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8107 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8109 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8110 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8112 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8113 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8120 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8126 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8130 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8132 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8133 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8134 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8135 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8137 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8138 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8139 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8145 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8150 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8152 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8153 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8154 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8156 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8157 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8158 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8160 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8161 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8163 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8164 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8168 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8169 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8170 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8172 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8174 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8177 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8181 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8183 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8184 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8185 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8186 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8188 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8189 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8190 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8196 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8200 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8201 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8203 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8204 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8208 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8209 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8210 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8212 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8214 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8217 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8221 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8222 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8223 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8225 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8226 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8227 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8228 int syscall_number
= 0;
8229 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8230 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8232 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8233 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8236 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8238 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8239 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8244 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8246 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8256 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8259 static enum print_stop_action
8260 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8262 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8263 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8264 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8265 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8266 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8267 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8269 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8272 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8274 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8276 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8278 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8279 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8281 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8282 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8284 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8285 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8286 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8287 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8288 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8290 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8292 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8293 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8295 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8297 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8298 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8300 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8302 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8304 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8307 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8311 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8312 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8314 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8315 struct value_print_options opts
;
8316 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8318 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8319 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8320 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8322 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8323 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8326 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8327 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8328 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8330 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8332 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8335 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8338 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8343 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8346 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8348 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8350 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8351 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8355 /* Remove the last comma. */
8356 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8357 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8360 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8361 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8363 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8364 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8367 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8371 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8373 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8375 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8379 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8380 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8382 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8385 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8389 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8392 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8394 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8396 printf_filtered (")");
8399 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8403 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8407 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8409 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8411 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8413 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8418 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8423 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8427 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8430 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8433 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8435 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8437 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8440 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8442 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8445 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8446 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8447 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8448 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8451 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8452 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8454 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8456 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8459 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8461 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8463 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8464 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8468 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8470 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8471 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8472 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8473 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8476 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8479 update_global_location_list (1);
8483 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8484 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8485 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8487 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8489 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8491 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8493 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8496 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8498 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8499 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8500 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8501 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8502 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8504 struct exec_catchpoint
8506 /* The base class. */
8507 struct breakpoint base
;
8509 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8510 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8512 char *exec_pathname
;
8515 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8519 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8521 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8523 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8525 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8529 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8531 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8535 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8537 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8541 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8542 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8543 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8545 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8547 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8550 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8554 static enum print_stop_action
8555 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8557 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8558 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8559 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8561 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8562 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8563 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8565 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8566 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8568 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8569 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8570 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8572 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8573 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8574 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8575 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8577 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8581 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8583 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8584 struct value_print_options opts
;
8585 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8587 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8589 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8590 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8591 is relatively readable). */
8592 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8593 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8595 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8596 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8598 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8599 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8600 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8603 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8604 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8608 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8610 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8613 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8617 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8619 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8620 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8623 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8626 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8627 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8629 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8630 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8632 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8633 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8634 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8636 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8640 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8643 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8644 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8648 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8649 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8651 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8653 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8660 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8664 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8667 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8669 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8672 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8674 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8676 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8682 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8683 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8684 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8685 types _not_ TYPE. */
8688 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8689 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8692 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8694 *other_type_used
= 0;
8699 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8702 if (b
->type
== type
)
8703 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8704 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8705 *other_type_used
= 1;
8712 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8714 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8718 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8720 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8721 update_global_location_list (0);
8727 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8729 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8733 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8735 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8736 update_global_location_list (1);
8742 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8744 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8745 update_global_location_list (0);
8749 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8751 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8752 breakpoint_re_set ();
8756 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8757 at address specified by SAL.
8758 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8761 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8762 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8764 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8766 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8768 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8770 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8771 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8772 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8773 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8775 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8776 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8778 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8779 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8781 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8786 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8787 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8790 static struct breakpoint
*
8791 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8793 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8795 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8797 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8798 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8799 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8801 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8802 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8803 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8804 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8805 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8806 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8807 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8808 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8809 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8810 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8811 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8813 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8814 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8815 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8817 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8821 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8825 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8827 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8831 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8835 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8838 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8840 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8842 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8843 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8845 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8849 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8852 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8854 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8855 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8857 printf_filtered ("\n");
8861 static struct bp_location
*
8862 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8863 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8865 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8866 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8867 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8869 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8870 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8872 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8873 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8874 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8875 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8876 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8877 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8878 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8881 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8882 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8883 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8884 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8889 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8890 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8891 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8892 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8893 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8894 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8895 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8896 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8897 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8899 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8900 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8905 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8906 return 0 otherwise. */
8909 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8913 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8914 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8915 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8918 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8920 addr
= loc
->address
;
8921 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8923 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8927 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8929 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8930 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8931 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8932 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8934 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8935 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8937 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8938 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8941 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8946 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8947 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8950 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8952 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8953 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8958 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8960 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8962 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8964 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8966 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8967 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8969 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8970 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8971 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8973 if (!dprintf_function
)
8974 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8976 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8977 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8982 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8986 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8988 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8989 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8992 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8993 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8997 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8998 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9000 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9001 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9003 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9004 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9006 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9007 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9008 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9009 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9010 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9011 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9013 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9017 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9018 current style settings. */
9021 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9022 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9024 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9028 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9029 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9033 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9034 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9035 as condition expression. */
9038 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9039 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9040 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9042 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9043 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9044 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9045 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9046 int display_canonical
)
9050 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9052 int target_resources_ok
;
9054 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9055 target_resources_ok
=
9056 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9058 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9059 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9060 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9061 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9064 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9066 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9068 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9069 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9073 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9075 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9077 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9078 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9083 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9087 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9088 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9089 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9090 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9091 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9093 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9094 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9096 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9098 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9099 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9101 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9103 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9104 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9105 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9109 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9111 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9113 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9114 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9116 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9118 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9120 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9122 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9123 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9125 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9127 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9130 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9131 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9138 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9139 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9143 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9144 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9148 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9150 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9151 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9153 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9156 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9157 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9158 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9160 if (b
->extra_string
)
9161 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9163 error (_("Format string required"));
9165 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9166 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9169 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9171 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9173 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9176 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9181 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9182 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9183 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9185 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9186 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9187 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9188 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9189 int display_canonical
)
9191 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9192 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9194 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9196 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9198 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9202 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9204 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9206 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9208 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9210 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9212 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9214 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9216 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9219 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9220 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9221 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9222 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9223 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9224 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9225 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9226 we take just a single condition string.
9228 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9229 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9230 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9231 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9232 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9235 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9236 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9237 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9238 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9239 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9240 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9241 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9244 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9246 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9247 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9249 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9251 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9252 'break', without arguments. */
9253 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9254 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9256 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9257 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9259 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9260 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9263 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9265 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9266 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9267 canonical
->special_display
);
9268 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9272 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9273 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9274 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9275 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9277 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9278 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9281 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9282 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9284 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9286 if ((*address
) == NULL
9287 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9289 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9291 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9293 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9294 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9297 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9298 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9299 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9301 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9302 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9303 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9304 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9305 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9306 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9308 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9310 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9311 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9312 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9313 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9314 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9316 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9318 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9319 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9320 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9322 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9325 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9329 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9331 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9332 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9333 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9334 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9336 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9337 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9338 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9340 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9341 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9342 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9343 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9344 get_last_displayed_line (),
9345 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9347 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9348 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9353 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9354 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9357 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9361 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9362 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9365 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9366 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9367 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9368 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9369 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9373 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9374 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9377 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9379 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9381 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9383 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9385 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9387 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9388 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9389 associated with SAL. */
9392 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9394 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9397 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9398 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9400 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9404 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9406 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9407 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9409 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9412 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9413 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9414 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9415 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9416 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9417 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9420 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9421 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9424 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9431 const char *end_tok
;
9433 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9434 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9436 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9438 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9440 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9444 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9446 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9448 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9450 struct expression
*expr
;
9452 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9453 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9456 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9458 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9463 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9465 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9466 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9467 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9470 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9475 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9477 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9478 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9479 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9484 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9488 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9492 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9494 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9495 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9497 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9498 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9499 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9500 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9505 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9507 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9509 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9510 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9512 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9513 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9514 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9516 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9517 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9519 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9521 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9523 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9525 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9527 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9528 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9530 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9533 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9539 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9540 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9541 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9542 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9543 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9544 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9545 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9546 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9547 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9548 was created; false otherwise. */
9551 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9552 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9553 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9555 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9557 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9558 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9559 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9562 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9563 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9564 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9565 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9566 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9567 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9570 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9572 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9574 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9576 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9578 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9579 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9582 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9586 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9592 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9594 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9597 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9598 throw_exception (e
);
9600 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9602 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9603 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9604 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9605 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9606 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9609 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9610 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9611 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9612 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9614 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9616 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9617 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9618 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9619 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9620 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9622 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9626 throw_exception (e
);
9630 throw_exception (e
);
9633 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9634 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9636 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9637 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9638 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9639 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9640 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9642 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9643 are ok for the target. */
9647 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9649 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9650 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9653 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9654 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9657 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9659 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9660 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9663 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9664 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9671 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9673 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9675 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9676 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9677 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9678 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9680 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9681 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9683 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9685 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9687 extra_string
= rest
;
9692 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9694 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9697 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9698 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9700 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9703 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9704 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9708 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9709 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9710 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9711 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9712 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9718 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9720 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9722 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9724 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9728 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9730 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9732 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9734 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9737 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9740 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9741 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9743 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9745 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9746 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9747 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9748 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9749 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9750 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9751 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9752 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9754 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9757 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9759 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9760 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9761 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9764 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9766 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9767 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9768 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9770 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9771 update_global_location_list (1);
9776 /* Set a breakpoint.
9777 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9778 condition, and thread.
9779 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9780 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9784 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9786 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9787 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9788 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9790 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9791 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9793 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9794 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9795 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9797 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9799 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9801 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9802 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9803 0 /* Ignore count */,
9804 pending_break_support
,
9812 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9815 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9819 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9821 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9822 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9823 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9826 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9827 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9828 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9829 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9832 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9834 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9838 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9841 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9844 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9845 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
9849 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9850 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9851 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9852 happen in assembly source). */
9854 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9855 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9857 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9859 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9861 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9863 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9870 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9872 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9876 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9878 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9882 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9884 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9888 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9890 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9894 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9896 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9897 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9898 stop at <line>\n"));
9902 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9906 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9908 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9913 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9914 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9915 function/method name. */
9916 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9918 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9923 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9925 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9929 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9931 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9935 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9939 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9946 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9947 it is probably a line number. */
9948 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9950 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9955 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9957 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9961 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9963 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9966 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9967 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9968 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9972 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9974 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9976 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9978 0 /* Ignore count */,
9979 pending_break_support
,
9980 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9988 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9990 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9993 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9994 ranged breakpoints. */
9997 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9998 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10000 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10002 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10003 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10006 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10007 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10010 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10011 ranged breakpoints. */
10014 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10016 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10019 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10020 ranged breakpoints. */
10022 static enum print_stop_action
10023 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10025 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10026 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10027 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10029 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10031 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10032 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10034 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10035 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10036 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10038 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10039 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10041 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10042 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10043 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10045 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10046 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10048 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10051 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10052 ranged breakpoints. */
10055 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10056 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10058 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10059 struct value_print_options opts
;
10060 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10062 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10063 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10065 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10067 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10068 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10069 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10070 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10071 annotate_field (5);
10072 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10076 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10077 ranged breakpoints. */
10080 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10081 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10083 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10084 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10085 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10086 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10090 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10091 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10093 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10094 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10095 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10096 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10097 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10098 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10100 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10103 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10104 ranged breakpoints. */
10107 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10109 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10110 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10113 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10115 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10118 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10119 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10120 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10123 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10124 ranged breakpoints. */
10127 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10129 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10130 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10131 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10134 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10136 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10138 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10139 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10140 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10141 last instruction of the given line. */
10144 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10148 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10149 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10150 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10157 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10159 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10161 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10168 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10171 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10173 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10174 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10175 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10177 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10178 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10179 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10180 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10182 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10183 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10184 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10186 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10187 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10188 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10190 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10191 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10193 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10194 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10195 error(_("No address range specified."));
10197 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10200 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10202 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10205 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10206 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10207 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10209 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10211 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10212 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10213 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10215 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10216 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10217 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10219 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10220 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10222 /* Parse the end location. */
10224 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10227 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10228 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10229 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10230 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10231 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10232 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10233 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10234 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10236 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10238 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10239 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10241 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10242 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10243 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10244 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10246 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10247 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10248 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10250 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10251 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10252 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10254 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10256 /* Length overflowed. */
10257 error (_("Address range too large."));
10258 else if (length
== 1)
10260 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10261 the `hbreak' command. */
10262 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10264 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10269 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10270 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10271 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10272 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10273 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10274 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10275 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10276 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10277 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10279 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10282 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10283 update_global_location_list (1);
10286 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10287 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10288 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10292 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10294 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10300 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10301 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10304 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10314 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10315 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10316 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10317 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10318 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10320 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10349 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10352 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10353 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10358 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10359 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10360 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10361 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10362 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10363 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10364 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10366 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10367 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10372 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10374 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10375 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10376 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10377 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10379 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10380 are always constant. */
10382 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10384 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10385 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10386 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10391 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10392 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10393 then it is not a constant. */
10402 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10405 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10407 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10409 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10411 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10412 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10413 value_free (w
->val
);
10415 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10418 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10421 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10423 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10425 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10426 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10428 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10429 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10430 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10431 are loaded and unloaded.
10433 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10434 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10435 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10436 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10437 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10438 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10440 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10441 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10442 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10443 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10445 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10446 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10448 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10449 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10450 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10453 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10456 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10458 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10459 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10461 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10465 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10468 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10470 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10471 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10473 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10478 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10479 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10480 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10482 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10483 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10485 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10486 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10487 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10488 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10489 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10490 (did not match the data address). */
10491 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10492 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10499 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10501 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10503 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10506 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10507 hardware watchpoints. */
10510 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10512 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10513 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10515 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10518 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10519 hardware watchpoints. */
10522 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10524 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10525 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10528 static enum print_stop_action
10529 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10531 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10533 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10534 enum print_stop_action result
;
10535 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10536 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10538 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10540 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10541 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10543 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10544 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10548 case bp_watchpoint
:
10549 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10550 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10552 ui_out_field_string
10554 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10556 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10557 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10558 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10559 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10560 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10561 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10562 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10563 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10564 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10565 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10568 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10569 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10570 ui_out_field_string
10572 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10574 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10575 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10576 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10577 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10578 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10579 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10582 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10583 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10585 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10586 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10587 ui_out_field_string
10589 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10591 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10592 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10593 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10594 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10595 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10600 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10601 ui_out_field_string
10603 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10604 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10605 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10607 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10608 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10609 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10610 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10613 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10616 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10620 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10624 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10626 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10627 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10628 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10632 case bp_watchpoint
:
10633 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10634 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10636 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10637 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10638 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10640 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10641 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10642 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10644 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10645 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10646 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10649 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10650 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10653 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10654 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10655 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10656 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10659 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10663 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10665 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10669 case bp_watchpoint
:
10670 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10671 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10673 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10674 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10676 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10677 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10680 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10681 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10684 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10685 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10688 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10691 static enum bpstat_signal_value
10692 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10694 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10695 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10696 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10697 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
10699 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
10702 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10704 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10706 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10707 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10710 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10712 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10714 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10715 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10718 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10719 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10722 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10724 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10726 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10727 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10730 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10731 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10734 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10736 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10738 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10741 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10742 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10745 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10750 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10751 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10753 static enum print_stop_action
10754 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10756 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10757 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10759 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10760 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10764 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10765 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10766 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10767 ui_out_field_string
10769 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10772 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10773 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10774 ui_out_field_string
10776 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10779 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10780 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10781 ui_out_field_string
10783 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10786 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10787 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10791 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10792 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10793 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10794 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10796 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10797 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10800 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10801 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10804 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10805 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10807 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10809 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10810 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10812 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10813 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10814 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10817 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10818 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10821 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10823 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10824 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10825 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10829 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10830 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10831 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10833 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10834 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10835 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10837 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10838 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10839 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10842 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10843 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10846 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10847 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10849 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10852 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10853 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10856 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10858 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10866 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10867 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10869 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10870 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10873 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10874 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10877 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10878 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10879 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10882 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10884 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10886 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10889 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10891 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10894 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10895 hw_read: watch read,
10896 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10898 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10899 int just_location
, int internal
)
10901 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10902 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10903 struct expression
*exp
;
10904 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10905 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10906 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10907 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10908 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10909 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10911 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10912 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10913 enum bptype bp_type
;
10916 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10917 the hardware watchpoint. */
10919 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10920 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10922 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10924 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10925 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10927 const char *value_start
;
10929 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10931 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10932 of the arguments string. */
10933 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10935 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10936 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10939 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10940 This is the value of the parameter. */
10941 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10943 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10945 /* Skip whitespace. */
10946 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10951 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10952 This is the parameter itself. */
10953 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10956 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10958 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10960 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10961 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10962 only in a specific thread. */
10966 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10968 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10969 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10971 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10973 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10974 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10976 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10977 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10978 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10980 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10982 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10983 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10985 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10988 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10990 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10992 mark
= value_mark ();
10993 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10994 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10995 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10998 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11001 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11002 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11009 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11010 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11012 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11013 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11014 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11015 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11016 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11018 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11019 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11021 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11024 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11025 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11029 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11030 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11032 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11035 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11036 mark
= value_mark ();
11037 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11043 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11044 val
= value_addr (result
);
11045 release_value (val
);
11046 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11050 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11053 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11054 else if (ret
== -2)
11055 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11058 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11059 release_value (val
);
11061 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11062 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11064 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11065 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11067 struct expression
*cond
;
11069 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11070 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11071 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11073 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11074 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11075 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11081 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11083 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11084 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11085 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11086 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11088 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11090 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11092 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11093 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11094 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11095 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11096 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11098 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11101 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11102 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11103 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11104 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11106 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11108 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11109 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11111 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11112 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11114 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11115 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11116 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11117 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11118 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11119 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11120 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11121 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11122 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11126 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11128 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11131 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11132 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11134 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11135 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11136 b
->thread
= thread
;
11137 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11138 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11140 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11141 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11144 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11145 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11148 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11149 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11151 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11152 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11155 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11156 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11158 /* The above expression is in C. */
11159 b
->language
= language_c
;
11162 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11166 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11175 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11177 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11181 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11182 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11186 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11187 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11190 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11192 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11193 need to act on them together. */
11194 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11195 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11198 if (!just_location
)
11199 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11201 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11203 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11204 that should be inserted. */
11205 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11209 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11210 throw_exception (e
);
11213 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11214 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11217 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11218 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11221 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11223 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11224 struct value
*head
= v
;
11226 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11227 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11230 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11231 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11232 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11233 hardware watchpoint.
11235 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11236 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11237 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11238 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11239 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11240 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11241 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11242 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11243 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11245 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11246 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11247 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11248 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11249 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11251 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11253 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11254 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11255 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11256 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11257 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11258 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11262 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11263 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11264 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11266 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11267 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11268 middle of some value chain. */
11270 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11271 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11273 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11277 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11278 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11279 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11281 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11285 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11289 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11290 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11291 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11292 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11293 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11296 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11297 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11298 return found_memory_cnt
;
11302 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11304 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11307 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11308 calls watch_command_1. */
11311 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11313 int just_location
= 0;
11316 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11317 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11319 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11323 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11327 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11329 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11333 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11335 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11339 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11341 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11345 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11347 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11351 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11353 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11357 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11358 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11360 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11362 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11363 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11367 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11368 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11369 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11372 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11374 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11376 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11377 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11378 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11379 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11383 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11385 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11386 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11387 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11388 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11389 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11390 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11391 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11392 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11393 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11395 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11397 clear_proceed_status ();
11399 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11402 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11403 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11404 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11405 get_last_displayed_line ());
11407 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11408 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11410 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11411 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11413 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11414 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11417 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11419 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11421 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11424 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11426 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11427 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11428 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11431 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11432 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11433 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11434 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11436 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11439 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11441 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11443 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11444 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11445 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11449 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11451 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11452 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11455 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11459 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11460 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11461 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11462 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11464 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11465 only at the very same frame. */
11466 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11467 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11468 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11470 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11472 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11473 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11474 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11475 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11477 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11479 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11480 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11482 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11483 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11484 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11486 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11487 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11488 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11492 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11495 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11496 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11498 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11499 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11500 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11501 if clause in the arg string. */
11504 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11508 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11511 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11514 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11515 condition string. */
11516 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11517 cond_string
= *arg
;
11519 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11521 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11523 return cond_string
;
11526 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11527 process start/exit, etc. */
11531 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11532 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11537 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11538 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11540 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11541 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11542 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11545 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11546 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11547 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11551 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11553 /* The allowed syntax is:
11555 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11557 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11558 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11560 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11561 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11563 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11564 and enable reporting of such events. */
11567 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11568 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11569 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11570 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11572 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11573 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11574 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11575 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11578 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11584 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11585 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11587 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11588 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11590 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11592 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11596 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11598 /* The allowed syntax is:
11600 catch exec if <cond>
11602 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11603 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11605 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11606 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11608 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11609 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11610 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11611 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11613 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11617 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11618 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11619 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11621 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11627 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11629 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11631 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11632 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11633 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11634 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11635 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11636 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11637 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11638 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11639 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11640 enough for now, though. */
11643 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11645 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11646 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11647 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11648 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11651 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11652 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11654 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11656 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11657 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11659 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11661 int i
, syscall_number
;
11663 char cur_name
[128];
11666 /* Skip whitespace. */
11667 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11669 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11670 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11671 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11674 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11675 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11676 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11677 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11680 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11682 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11684 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11685 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11686 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11687 syscall number to be caught. */
11688 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11691 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11692 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11695 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11699 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11702 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11703 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11708 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11710 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11711 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11712 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11713 this architecture yet."));
11715 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11717 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11719 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11720 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11721 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11722 for his/her architecture. */
11723 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11725 /* The allowed syntax is:
11727 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11729 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11732 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11736 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11737 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11741 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11743 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11748 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11750 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11753 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11756 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11758 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11759 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11760 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11761 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11763 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11765 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11768 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11772 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11775 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11778 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11780 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11781 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11784 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11785 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11787 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11791 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11792 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11793 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11794 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11799 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11800 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11801 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11802 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11804 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11805 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11806 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11807 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11808 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11809 error (_("No source file specified."));
11811 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11817 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11818 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11819 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11820 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11822 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11823 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11824 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11825 due to optimization, all in one block.
11827 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11828 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11829 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11830 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11831 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11832 to support that. */
11834 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11835 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11836 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11840 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11841 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11843 const char *sal_fullname
;
11845 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11846 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11847 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11850 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11855 1 0 <can't happen> */
11857 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11858 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11859 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11861 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11865 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11866 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11868 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11869 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11871 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11872 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11873 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11875 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11876 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11877 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11878 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11879 int line_match
= 0;
11881 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11882 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11883 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11884 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11885 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11886 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11887 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11890 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11899 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11903 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11904 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11907 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11909 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11912 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11913 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11914 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11915 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11916 compare_breakpoints
);
11917 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11918 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11922 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11927 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11928 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11931 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11932 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11934 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11937 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11940 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11941 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11944 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11946 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11949 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11950 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11951 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11954 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11956 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11958 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11959 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11960 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11962 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11966 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11967 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11971 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11972 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11973 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11974 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11975 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11976 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11979 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11981 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11982 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11983 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11984 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11985 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11987 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11988 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11990 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11991 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11994 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11995 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11996 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11998 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11999 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12000 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12002 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12003 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12004 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12006 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12007 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12008 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12010 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12013 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12014 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12015 content of the bp_location array. */
12018 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12020 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12022 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12023 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12025 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12027 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12029 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12032 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12033 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12035 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12036 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12037 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12038 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12040 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12042 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12043 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12044 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12045 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12049 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12052 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12054 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12055 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12057 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12060 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12062 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12064 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12065 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12066 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12068 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12069 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12070 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12073 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12075 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12076 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12077 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12078 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12081 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12083 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12086 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12088 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12089 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12090 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12091 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12094 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12097 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12100 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12102 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12103 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12104 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12105 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12107 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12108 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12109 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12110 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12111 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12113 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12114 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12115 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12116 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12117 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12118 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12119 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12120 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12123 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12124 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12125 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12129 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12131 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12132 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12133 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12136 address
= bl
->address
;
12137 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12139 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12140 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12141 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12143 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12144 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12147 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12148 the same program space as the location
12149 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12150 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12151 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12155 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12156 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12159 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12160 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12161 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12162 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12163 that have already been marked. */
12164 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12166 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12168 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12170 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12171 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12176 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12177 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12178 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12179 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12180 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12181 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12182 returns true on them.
12184 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12185 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12186 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12187 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12188 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12189 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12192 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12194 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12195 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12196 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12197 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12198 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12199 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12200 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12202 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12203 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12204 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12205 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12206 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12208 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12209 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12210 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12211 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12213 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12214 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12215 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12216 unsigned old_location_count
;
12218 old_location
= bp_location
;
12219 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12220 bp_location
= NULL
;
12221 bp_location_count
= 0;
12222 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12225 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12226 bp_location_count
++;
12228 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12229 locp
= bp_location
;
12230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12231 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12233 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12234 bp_location_compare
);
12236 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12238 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12239 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12240 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12241 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12242 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12245 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12246 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12248 locp
= bp_location
;
12249 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12252 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12253 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12255 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12256 not, we have to free it. */
12257 int found_object
= 0;
12258 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12259 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12262 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12263 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12264 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12265 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12269 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12270 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12273 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12274 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12275 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12277 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12278 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12279 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12281 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12282 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12285 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12289 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12290 have to go through updates again. */
12291 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12293 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12295 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12297 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12298 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12299 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12300 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12301 at certain location is not inserted. */
12303 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12305 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12308 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12310 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12311 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12312 keep_in_target
= 1;
12316 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12317 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12318 remove its target-side condition. */
12320 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12321 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12322 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12323 this one from the target. */
12325 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12326 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12329 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12330 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12333 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12335 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12337 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12338 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12339 supported, but the latter are. */
12340 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12342 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12343 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12346 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12347 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12349 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12350 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12352 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12353 keep_in_target
= 1;
12361 if (!keep_in_target
)
12363 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12365 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12366 this location on the global list, and try to
12367 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12368 reason why we will succeed next time.
12370 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12371 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12372 only after calling us. */
12373 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12374 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12375 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12383 if (removed
&& non_stop
12384 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12385 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12387 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12388 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12389 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12390 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12391 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12392 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12393 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12394 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12395 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12396 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12397 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12398 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12399 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12400 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12403 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12404 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12406 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12407 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12408 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12409 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12410 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12411 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12412 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12413 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12414 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12415 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12416 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12417 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12418 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12421 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12422 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12423 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12424 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12426 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12427 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12428 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12429 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12430 traps we can no longer explain. */
12432 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12433 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12435 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12439 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12440 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12445 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12446 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12447 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12448 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12449 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12450 are sorted first for the same address.
12452 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12453 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12455 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12456 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12457 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12458 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12459 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12461 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12463 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12466 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12467 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12468 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12469 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12470 `struct bp_location'. */
12471 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12473 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12474 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12478 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12479 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12480 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12481 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12482 "actually inserted"));
12484 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12485 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12486 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12487 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12488 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12489 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12491 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12493 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12494 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12495 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12497 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12498 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12500 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12502 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12503 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12504 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12510 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12511 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12512 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12514 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12515 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12517 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12518 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12520 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12521 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12522 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12523 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12524 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12527 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12528 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12529 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12532 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12535 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12536 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12537 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12539 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12544 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12546 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12550 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12552 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12555 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12556 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12558 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12559 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12565 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12567 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12569 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12570 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12573 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12576 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12580 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12581 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12583 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12584 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12585 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12589 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12591 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12593 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12595 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12599 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12603 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12605 struct value_print_options opts
;
12607 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12609 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12611 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12613 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12617 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12619 printf_filtered (" at ");
12620 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12623 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12625 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12627 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12628 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12629 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12630 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12632 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12633 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12634 real situation somewhat. */
12635 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12640 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12642 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12644 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12649 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12652 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12654 xfree (self
->cond
);
12655 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12656 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12657 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12660 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12665 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12669 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12671 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12672 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12673 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12674 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12675 xfree (self
->filter
);
12676 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12679 static struct bp_location
*
12680 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12682 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12684 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12685 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12690 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12692 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12695 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12696 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12699 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12701 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12705 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12707 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12711 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12712 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12714 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12716 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12720 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12725 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12729 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12731 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12734 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12738 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12740 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12743 static enum print_stop_action
12744 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12746 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12750 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12751 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12757 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12759 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12763 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12765 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12769 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12770 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12771 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12775 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12779 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12780 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12782 char *extra_string
,
12783 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12784 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12786 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12787 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12788 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12789 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12791 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12795 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12796 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12798 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12801 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12803 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12804 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12806 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12809 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12812 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12814 /* Nothing to do. */
12817 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12819 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12820 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12821 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12822 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12823 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12824 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12825 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12826 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12827 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12828 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12830 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12831 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12832 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12833 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12834 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12835 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12836 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12837 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12840 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12843 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12845 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12846 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12848 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12849 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12853 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12857 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12859 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12860 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12863 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12868 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12870 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12871 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12873 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12877 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12878 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12879 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12881 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12882 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12885 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12889 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12890 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12891 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12898 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12900 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12905 static enum print_stop_action
12906 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12908 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12909 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12911 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12913 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12915 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12916 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12918 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12919 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12920 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12923 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12925 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12927 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12928 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12930 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12931 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12932 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12934 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12935 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12937 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12941 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12943 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12948 case bp_breakpoint
:
12949 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12950 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12951 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12953 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12954 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12955 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12956 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12958 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12959 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12962 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12970 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12972 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12973 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12974 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12975 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12976 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12977 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12978 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12979 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12980 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12982 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12983 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12985 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12986 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12990 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12991 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12992 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12993 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12995 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12996 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13000 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13001 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13003 char *extra_string
,
13004 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13005 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13007 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13008 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13009 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13010 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13012 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13013 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13015 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13016 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13017 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13021 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13022 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13024 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13027 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13030 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13034 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13035 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13036 case bp_overlay_event
:
13037 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13038 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13039 case bp_exception_master
:
13040 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13043 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13044 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13045 case bp_shlib_event
:
13047 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13048 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13049 case bp_thread_event
:
13055 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13057 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13059 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13060 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13061 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13062 objects (among other things). */
13063 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13064 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13070 static enum print_stop_action
13071 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13073 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13075 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13079 case bp_shlib_event
:
13080 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13081 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13082 to shlib event" message.) */
13083 print_solib_event (0);
13086 case bp_thread_event
:
13087 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13088 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13089 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13092 case bp_overlay_event
:
13093 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13094 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13097 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13098 /* These should never be enabled. */
13099 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13102 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13103 /* These should never be enabled. */
13104 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13105 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13108 case bp_exception_master
:
13109 /* These should never be enabled. */
13110 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13111 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13115 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13119 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13121 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13124 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13127 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13129 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13130 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13131 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13132 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13136 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13138 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13141 static enum print_stop_action
13142 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13144 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13146 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13148 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13153 ui_out_field_string
13155 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13159 ui_out_field_string
13161 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13166 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13170 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13172 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13175 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13177 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13178 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13181 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13183 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13186 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13188 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13191 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13194 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13196 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13200 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13202 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13209 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13211 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13212 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13214 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13218 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13219 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13220 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13221 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13223 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13225 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13227 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13228 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13230 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13234 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13235 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13237 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13239 error (_("probe not found"));
13242 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13245 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13247 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13251 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13252 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13253 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13255 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13261 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13262 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13264 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13265 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13267 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13269 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13270 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13271 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13272 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13277 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13279 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13284 case bp_tracepoint
:
13285 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13286 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13288 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13289 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13290 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13292 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13293 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13294 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13297 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13298 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13305 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13307 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13309 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13311 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13313 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13316 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13317 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13319 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13320 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13322 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13323 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13327 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13328 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13329 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13330 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13332 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13333 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13337 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13338 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13340 char *extra_string
,
13341 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13342 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13344 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13345 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13346 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13347 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13349 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13350 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13352 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13353 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13354 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13358 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13359 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13361 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13364 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13366 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13370 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13371 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13372 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13373 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13375 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13376 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13377 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13381 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13382 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13384 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13385 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13388 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13390 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13393 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13395 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13397 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13398 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13399 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13400 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13402 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13403 error (_("Format string required"));
13405 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13406 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13407 3 - disconnect from target 1
13408 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13410 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13411 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13412 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13413 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13414 it all the time. */
13415 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13416 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13419 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13422 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13424 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13426 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13429 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13432 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13433 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13434 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13435 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13436 address are all handled. */
13439 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13441 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13442 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13443 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13445 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13446 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13447 condition not be evaluated. */
13450 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13451 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13452 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13453 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13454 commands here throws. */
13455 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13456 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13457 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13459 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13461 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13462 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13464 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13467 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13471 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13472 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13473 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13474 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13476 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13478 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13480 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13482 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13483 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13484 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13488 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13489 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13491 char *extra_string
,
13492 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13493 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13495 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13496 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13497 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13498 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13501 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13502 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13504 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13505 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13506 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13507 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13508 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13509 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13511 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13513 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13514 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13515 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13518 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13519 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13521 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13522 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13524 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13525 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13527 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13528 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13529 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13530 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13531 canonical
->special_display
);
13532 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13533 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13534 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13535 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13536 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13537 corresponds to this one */
13538 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13540 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13542 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13547 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13548 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13550 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13552 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13553 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13555 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13559 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13562 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13565 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13567 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13570 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13574 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13576 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13578 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13580 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13581 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13584 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13585 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13586 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13587 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13588 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13591 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13592 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13593 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13594 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13596 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13599 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13600 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13601 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13603 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13604 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13606 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13607 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13608 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13609 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13613 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13615 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13616 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13617 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13618 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13619 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13622 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13623 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13624 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13625 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13627 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13629 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13630 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13633 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13635 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13639 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13641 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13642 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13643 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13644 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13645 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13646 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13647 commands won't work. */
13649 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13651 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13652 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13653 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13654 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13655 might be better design to have location completely
13656 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13657 update_global_location_list (0);
13659 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13660 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13661 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13662 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13667 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13669 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13673 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13675 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13678 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13679 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13682 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13683 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13687 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13692 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13694 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13695 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13697 if (next
== related
)
13699 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13700 function (related
, data
);
13702 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13703 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13708 function (related
, data
);
13712 while (related
!= b
);
13716 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13718 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13721 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13722 delete_breakpoint. */
13725 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13727 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13731 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13733 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13739 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13741 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13742 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13743 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13744 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13745 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13747 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13751 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13753 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13755 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13756 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13757 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13761 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13765 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13767 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13768 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13769 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13774 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13775 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13776 Null names are ignored. */
13779 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13781 struct bp_location
*l
;
13782 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13783 (int (*) (const void *,
13784 const void *)) streq
,
13785 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13787 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13790 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13792 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13796 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13798 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13802 htab_delete (htab
);
13808 htab_delete (htab
);
13812 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13813 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13814 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13815 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13816 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13817 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13818 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13819 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13822 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13823 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13824 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13825 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13826 in the sources, and output a warning.
13828 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13829 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13830 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13831 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13832 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13835 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13836 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13837 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13838 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13839 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13840 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13841 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13842 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13843 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13845 static struct symtab_and_line
13846 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13848 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13849 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13854 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13856 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13858 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13859 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13861 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13863 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13864 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13865 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13870 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13872 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13874 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13875 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13877 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13880 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13882 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13884 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13885 struct symbol
*sym
;
13886 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13887 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13889 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13891 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13892 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13894 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13895 "found at previous line number"),
13896 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13900 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13902 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13903 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13904 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13907 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13908 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13909 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13911 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13912 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13913 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13915 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13917 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13919 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13922 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13923 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13925 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13926 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13928 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13929 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13930 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13931 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13933 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13936 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13942 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13943 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13946 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13950 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13953 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13956 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13963 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13969 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13970 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13971 a ranged breakpoint. */
13974 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13975 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13976 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13979 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13981 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13983 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13985 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13986 update_global_location_list (1);
13987 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13988 "multiple locations found\n"),
13993 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13994 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13995 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13996 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13997 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13998 individual locations. */
13999 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14004 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14006 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14008 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14010 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14012 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14014 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14017 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14019 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14020 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14022 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14023 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14028 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14029 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14030 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14031 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14035 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14037 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14039 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14043 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14044 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14045 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14047 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14050 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14051 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14052 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14053 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14054 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14055 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14056 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14058 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14060 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14062 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14063 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14065 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14066 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14074 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14075 if (l
->function_name
14076 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14086 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14087 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14089 update_global_location_list (1);
14092 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14093 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14095 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14096 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14099 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14100 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14102 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14105 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14107 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14111 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14112 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14113 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14114 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14115 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14116 state, then user already saw the message about that
14117 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14119 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14120 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14121 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14122 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14123 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14124 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14126 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14128 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14129 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14130 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14131 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14132 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14133 which approach is better. */
14134 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14135 throw_exception (e
);
14139 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14143 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14144 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14145 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14147 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14150 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14151 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14154 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14155 b
->thread
= thread
;
14158 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14159 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14162 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14163 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14173 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14174 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14178 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14181 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14182 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14183 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14185 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14188 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14192 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14194 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14197 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14198 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14202 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14205 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14206 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14209 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14210 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14211 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14212 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14214 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14217 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14218 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14222 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14223 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14225 char *extra_string
,
14226 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14227 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14229 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14230 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14231 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14232 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14234 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14236 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14237 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14238 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14241 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14242 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14245 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14246 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14248 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14250 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14251 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14252 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14253 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14256 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14257 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14259 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14261 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14263 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14264 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14265 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14267 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14270 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14273 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14275 static struct cleanup
*
14276 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14278 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14280 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14281 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14282 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14283 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14284 set_language (b
->language
);
14289 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14290 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14291 Unused in this case. */
14294 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14296 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14297 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14298 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14300 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14301 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14302 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14306 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14308 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14310 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14311 enum language save_language
;
14312 int save_input_radix
;
14313 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14315 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14316 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14317 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14321 /* Format possible error msg. */
14322 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14324 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14325 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14326 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14328 set_language (save_language
);
14329 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14331 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14333 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14335 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14336 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14337 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14338 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14341 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14343 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14344 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14346 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14348 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14350 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14351 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14353 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14354 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14355 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14357 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14361 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14362 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14363 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14366 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14368 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14373 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14374 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14376 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14378 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14379 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14384 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14388 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14389 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14391 else if (count
== 1)
14392 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14395 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14396 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14399 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14403 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14406 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14409 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14415 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14417 num
= get_number (&p
);
14419 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14421 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14423 set_ignore_count (num
,
14424 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14427 printf_filtered ("\n");
14430 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14431 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14434 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14439 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14441 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14444 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14446 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14448 while (!state
.finished
)
14450 char *p
= state
.string
;
14454 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14457 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14461 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14462 if (b
->number
== num
)
14465 function (b
, data
);
14469 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14474 static struct bp_location
*
14475 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14477 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14481 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14482 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14487 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14489 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14492 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14497 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14498 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14501 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14503 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14507 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14510 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14516 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14517 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14518 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14521 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14523 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14524 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14525 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14526 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14529 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14530 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14533 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14535 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14536 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14538 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14539 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14541 struct bp_location
*location
;
14543 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14544 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14547 update_global_location_list (0);
14549 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14552 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14555 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14557 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14560 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14561 disable_breakpoint. */
14564 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14566 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14570 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14574 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14577 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14578 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14582 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14586 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14588 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14595 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14597 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14598 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14599 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14600 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14602 update_global_location_list (0);
14605 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14606 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14612 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14615 int target_resources_ok
;
14617 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14620 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14621 target_resources_ok
=
14622 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14624 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14625 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14626 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14627 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14630 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14632 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14633 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14634 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14636 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14638 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14640 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14641 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14642 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14646 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14647 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14653 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14654 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14656 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14658 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14659 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14661 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14662 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14664 struct bp_location
*location
;
14666 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14667 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14670 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14671 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14672 update_global_location_list (1);
14674 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14679 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14681 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14685 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14687 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14690 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14691 enable_breakpoint. */
14694 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14696 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14699 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14700 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14701 in stopping the inferior. */
14704 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14708 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14710 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14711 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14712 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14716 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14720 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14722 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14729 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14731 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14732 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14733 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14734 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14736 update_global_location_list (1);
14739 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14740 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14745 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14755 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14757 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14759 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14763 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14765 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14767 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14771 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14773 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14777 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14779 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14781 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14785 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14787 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14789 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14793 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14795 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14797 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14801 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14803 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14807 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14812 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14816 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14817 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14821 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14822 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14823 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14825 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14828 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14829 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14831 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14833 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14835 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14837 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14838 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14839 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14840 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14842 value_free (wp
->val
);
14850 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14851 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14852 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14853 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14857 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14858 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14860 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14862 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14864 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14865 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14867 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14869 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14877 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14878 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14881 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14883 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14886 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14892 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14895 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14896 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14898 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14901 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14902 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14907 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14909 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14910 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14914 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14915 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14916 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14919 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14920 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14921 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14922 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14923 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14924 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14926 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14927 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14928 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14929 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14932 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14933 were inserted or not. */
14936 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14938 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14939 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14942 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14945 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14947 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14949 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14951 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14952 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14953 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14954 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14956 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14958 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14959 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14960 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14961 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14965 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14966 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14967 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14971 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14975 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14976 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14978 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14979 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14980 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14984 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14988 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14992 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14993 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14994 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14995 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14998 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15002 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15007 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15009 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15011 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15012 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15020 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15021 non-zero otherwise. */
15023 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15025 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15026 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15027 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15034 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15036 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15037 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15039 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15043 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15045 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15048 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15050 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15052 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15056 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15058 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15068 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15069 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15070 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15071 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15073 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15074 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15075 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15081 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15083 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15085 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15087 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15088 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15092 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15094 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15095 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15097 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15098 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15100 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15102 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15104 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15106 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15107 0 /* Ignore count */,
15108 pending_break_support
,
15112 0 /* internal */, 0);
15116 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15118 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15120 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15122 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15123 0 /* Ignore count */,
15124 pending_break_support
,
15125 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15128 0 /* internal */, 0);
15131 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15134 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15136 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15138 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15139 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15140 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15141 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15143 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15145 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15147 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15149 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15150 0 /* Ignore count */,
15151 pending_break_support
,
15155 0 /* internal */, 0);
15158 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15159 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15161 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15162 static int next_cmd
;
15165 read_uploaded_action (void)
15169 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15176 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15177 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15178 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15179 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15180 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15182 struct tracepoint
*
15183 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15185 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15186 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15188 if (utp
->at_string
)
15189 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15192 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15193 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15194 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15196 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15197 "source location, using raw address"),
15199 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15200 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15203 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15204 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15205 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15206 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15209 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15211 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15212 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15214 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15215 0 /* Ignore count */,
15216 pending_break_support
,
15217 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15219 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15221 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15224 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15225 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15226 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15230 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15233 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15236 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15237 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15238 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15240 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15242 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15247 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15249 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15251 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15252 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15253 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15254 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15257 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15258 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15259 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15264 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15268 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15270 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15273 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15275 if (num_printed
== 0)
15277 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15278 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15280 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15283 default_collect_info ();
15286 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15287 Not supported by all targets. */
15289 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15291 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15294 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15295 Not supported by all targets. */
15297 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15299 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15302 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15304 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15306 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15312 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15314 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15315 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15316 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15318 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15319 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15321 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15325 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15327 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15329 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15330 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15331 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15335 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15338 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15341 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15343 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15344 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15346 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15347 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15350 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15352 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15353 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15354 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15357 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15359 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15360 unsigned int count
;
15362 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15363 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15364 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15366 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15368 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15369 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15371 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15373 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15375 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15377 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15379 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15380 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15383 else if (*args
== '\0')
15385 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15387 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15391 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15393 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15394 while (!state
.finished
)
15396 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15398 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15403 struct tracepoint
*
15404 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15406 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15408 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15409 if (t
->number
== num
)
15410 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15415 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15416 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15419 struct tracepoint
*
15420 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15422 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15424 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15426 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15428 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15435 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15436 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15437 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15438 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15439 struct tracepoint
*
15440 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15441 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15444 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15446 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15450 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15451 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15453 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15456 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15458 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15461 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15465 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15466 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15469 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15470 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15474 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15475 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15477 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15480 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15485 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15487 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15488 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15491 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15493 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15496 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15497 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15498 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15502 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15503 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15505 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15507 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15508 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15509 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15511 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15512 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15514 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15515 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15517 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15518 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15521 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15522 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15527 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15529 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15531 /* We can stop searching. */
15538 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15542 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15543 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15544 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15546 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15547 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15548 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15550 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15551 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15553 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15555 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15556 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15559 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15560 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15563 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15565 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15566 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15569 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15570 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15572 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15575 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15577 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15579 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15581 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15582 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15584 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15586 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15589 throw_exception (ex
);
15591 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15594 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15595 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15597 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15598 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15599 special, and not user visible. */
15600 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15602 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15605 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15607 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15611 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15615 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15616 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15619 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15622 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15624 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15627 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15630 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15632 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15635 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15637 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15638 all_tracepoints (void)
15640 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15641 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15643 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15645 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15652 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15653 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15654 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15656 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15657 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15658 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15659 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15660 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15661 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15662 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15663 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15664 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15665 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15666 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15668 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15669 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15671 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15672 conditions are different.\n\
15674 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15676 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15677 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15679 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15680 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15683 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15684 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15685 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15686 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15687 void *user_data_catch
,
15688 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15690 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15692 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15694 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15695 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15696 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15698 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15700 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15701 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15702 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15706 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15708 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15709 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15711 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15712 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15713 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15717 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15719 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15720 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15721 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15724 struct breakpoint
*
15725 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15728 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15732 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15739 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15740 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15743 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15745 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15746 non-inline function. */
15747 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15753 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15754 have been inlined. */
15757 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15758 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15760 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15761 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15763 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15765 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15768 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15770 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15771 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15779 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15782 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15784 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15786 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15787 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15788 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15792 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15794 static int initialized
= 0;
15796 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15802 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15803 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15804 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15805 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15806 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15807 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15808 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15809 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15810 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15811 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15812 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15813 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15815 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15816 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15817 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15818 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15819 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15820 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15821 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15822 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15824 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15825 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15826 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15827 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15828 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15829 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15830 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15831 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15832 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15833 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15835 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15836 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15837 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15838 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15839 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15840 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15841 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15843 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15844 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15846 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15847 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15848 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15849 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15851 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15852 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15853 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15854 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15856 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15857 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15858 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15859 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15860 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15861 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15862 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15865 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15866 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15867 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15868 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15869 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15870 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15871 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15872 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15873 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15874 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15875 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15876 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15877 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15878 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15880 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15881 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15882 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15883 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15884 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15885 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15886 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15887 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15888 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15889 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15890 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15893 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15894 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15895 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15896 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15897 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15898 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15899 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15900 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15901 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15902 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15904 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15905 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15906 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15907 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15908 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15910 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15911 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15912 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15913 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15914 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15915 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15917 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15918 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15919 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15920 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15921 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15922 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15923 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15924 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15925 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15926 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15928 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15929 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15930 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15931 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15932 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15933 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15934 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15935 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15936 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15937 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15939 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15940 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15941 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15942 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15943 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15944 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15945 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15946 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15947 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15948 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15949 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15951 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15952 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15953 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15954 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15955 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15956 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15957 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15958 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15959 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15960 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15961 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15963 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15964 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15965 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15966 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15967 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15968 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15969 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15970 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15971 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15972 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15973 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15974 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15976 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15977 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15978 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15979 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15980 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15981 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15982 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15983 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15986 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15988 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15991 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15993 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15995 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15997 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15998 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15999 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16001 breakpoint_objfile_key
16002 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16004 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16005 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16006 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16008 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16009 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16010 before a breakpoint is set. */
16011 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16013 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16015 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16016 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16017 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16019 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16021 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16022 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16023 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16024 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16025 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16026 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16027 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16028 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16030 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16031 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16032 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16033 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16034 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16036 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16037 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16038 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16039 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16040 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16042 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16043 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16045 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16046 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16047 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16048 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16050 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16051 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16053 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16054 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16055 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16056 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16058 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16059 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16061 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16062 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16063 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16064 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16065 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16066 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16067 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16069 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16070 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16071 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16072 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16073 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16074 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16076 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16078 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16079 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16080 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16081 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16082 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16083 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16085 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16086 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16087 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16090 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16091 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16092 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16095 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16096 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16097 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16098 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16101 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16102 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16103 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16106 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16107 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16108 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16111 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16112 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16113 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16114 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16117 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16118 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16119 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16120 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16121 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16122 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16123 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16124 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16126 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16127 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16128 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16129 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16130 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16132 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16133 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16134 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16135 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16136 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16137 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16140 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16141 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16142 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16143 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16145 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16146 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16147 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16148 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16149 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16151 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16152 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16154 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16156 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16157 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16158 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16159 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16160 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16163 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16164 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16165 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16166 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16167 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16168 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16170 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16171 is executing in.\n\
16173 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16174 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16176 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16177 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16178 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16179 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16181 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16182 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16183 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16184 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16187 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16191 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16192 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16193 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16194 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16195 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16196 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16197 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16198 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16199 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16200 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16201 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16202 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16203 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16204 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16205 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16206 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16208 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16209 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16210 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16211 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16212 breakpoint set."));
16215 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16216 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16217 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16218 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16219 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16220 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16221 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16222 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16223 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16225 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16226 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16227 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16228 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16229 breakpoint set."));
16231 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16234 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16235 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16236 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16237 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16238 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16239 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16240 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16241 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16242 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16244 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16245 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16246 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16247 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16248 breakpoint set."));
16250 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16251 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16252 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16253 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16254 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16255 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16256 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16257 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16258 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16259 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16260 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16261 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16262 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16264 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16265 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16266 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16267 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16269 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16271 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16272 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16273 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16274 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16276 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16277 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16278 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16279 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16281 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16282 catch_fork_command_1
,
16284 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16285 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16286 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16287 catch_fork_command_1
,
16289 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16290 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16291 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16292 catch_exec_command_1
,
16296 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16297 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16298 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16299 catch_load_command_1
,
16303 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16304 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16305 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16306 catch_unload_command_1
,
16310 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16311 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16312 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16313 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16314 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16315 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16316 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16317 catch_syscall_completer
,
16321 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16322 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16323 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16324 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16325 an expression changes.\n\
16326 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16327 the memory to which it refers."));
16328 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16330 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16331 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16332 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16333 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16334 an expression is read.\n\
16335 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16336 the memory to which it refers."));
16337 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16339 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16340 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16341 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16342 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16343 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16344 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16345 the memory to which it refers."));
16346 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16348 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16349 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16351 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16352 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16353 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16354 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16355 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16356 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16357 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16358 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16359 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16362 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16363 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16365 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16367 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16369 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16370 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16372 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16373 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16374 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16376 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16377 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16378 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16379 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16381 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16382 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16384 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16385 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16386 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16388 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16389 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16391 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16392 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16393 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16394 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16395 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16396 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16397 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16398 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16399 the selected stack frame.\n\
16400 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16401 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16402 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16403 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16405 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16407 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16408 conditions are different.\n\
16410 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16411 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16414 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16415 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16416 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16417 last tracepoint set."));
16419 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16421 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16422 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16423 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16424 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16426 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16428 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16429 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16430 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16431 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16433 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16435 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16436 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16437 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16438 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16440 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16442 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16443 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16444 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16445 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16446 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16448 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16449 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16450 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16451 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16453 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16454 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16455 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16456 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16457 session to restore them."),
16459 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16461 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16462 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16463 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16465 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16467 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16468 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16470 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16471 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16472 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16473 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16474 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16475 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16476 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16477 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16478 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16479 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16480 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16481 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16483 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16484 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16485 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16486 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16487 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16488 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16489 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16490 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16492 show_pending_break_support
,
16493 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16494 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16496 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16498 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16499 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16500 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16501 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16502 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16503 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16504 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16506 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16507 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16508 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16510 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16511 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16512 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16513 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16514 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16515 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16516 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16517 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16518 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16519 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16520 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16521 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16523 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16524 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16525 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16527 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16528 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16529 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16530 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16531 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16532 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16533 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16534 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16535 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16536 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16537 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16538 be set to \"gdb\""),
16539 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16540 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16541 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16542 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16544 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16545 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16546 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16547 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16548 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16549 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16550 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16551 or the start of the range\n\
16552 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16553 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16554 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16556 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16557 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16558 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16560 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16561 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16562 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16563 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16564 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16565 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16566 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16568 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16569 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16570 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16571 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16572 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16573 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16574 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16575 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16576 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16577 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16578 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16579 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16581 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16582 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16583 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16584 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16585 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16586 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16587 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16589 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16590 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16591 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16592 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16593 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16594 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16595 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16597 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16598 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16599 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16600 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16601 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16602 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16605 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16607 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16608 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16609 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16611 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16613 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16614 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);